From: Gurusamy Sarathy Date: Tue, 18 Mar 2003 05:06:07 +0000 (+0000) Subject: regenerate win32/config_H.* X-Git-Url: http://git.shadowcat.co.uk/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=a8a15001f2a2a9881478927e3988df4023d10d98;p=p5sagit%2Fp5-mst-13.2.git regenerate win32/config_H.* p4raw-id: //depot/perl@19019 --- diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc index a471798..b7a7095 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.bc +++ b/win32/config_H.bc @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun May 12 17:16:39 2002 + * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:45 2003 * Configured by : gsar * Target system : */ @@ -32,18 +32,6 @@ */ #define HAS_ALARM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#ifdef __attribute__ -#undef __attribute__ -#endif -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - /* HAS_BCMP: * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to * compare blocks of memory. @@ -610,12 +598,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep system - * call is available to let the process sleep with 1E-9 accuracy. - */ -/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ - /* HASVOLATILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the volatile declaration. @@ -952,19 +934,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -976,53 +945,6 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ - /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1066,83 +988,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1164,637 +1009,1520 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. - */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.0")) /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.0")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HASATTRIBUTE: + * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, + * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ +#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE +#ifdef __attribute__ +#undef __attribute__ +#endif +#define __attribute__(_arg_) +#endif + +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ +/*#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "USR1", "USR2", "CHLD", "NUM19", "USR3", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -1802,12 +2530,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -1832,13 +2554,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - /* HAS_LDBL_DIG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number @@ -1847,76 +2562,18 @@ */ #define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is * available to map a file into memory. */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -1924,110 +2581,70 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ /* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep + * system call is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is @@ -2042,29 +2659,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2074,207 +2668,50 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - /* HAS_SENDMSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is * available to send structured socket messages. */ /*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - /* HAS_SETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is * available to set interval timers. */ /*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is * available to set process title. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - /* USE_SFIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should * be used. */ /*#define USE_SFIO /**/ -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2288,33 +2725,21 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2339,104 +2764,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2456,12 +2788,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2474,6 +2800,15 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2482,33 +2817,13 @@ */ #define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2516,28 +2831,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2545,38 +2838,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2590,18 +2864,6 @@ */ #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2616,50 +2878,11 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element @@ -2691,23 +2914,18 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2720,30 +2938,24 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ - /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2762,58 +2974,6 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2861,12 +3021,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2879,133 +3033,32 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ - /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_USTAT /**/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ -#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3018,37 +3071,6 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3193,59 +3215,6 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.8.0")) /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ - /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3377,12 +3231,6 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3391,31 +3239,8 @@ * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -3492,82 +3317,10 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.8.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread for older + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread for older * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree * structured like the default one. @@ -3586,7 +3339,7 @@ * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.8.0\\lib for older directories across major versions + * search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib for older directories across major versions * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl * library directory tree structured like the default one. The * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's @@ -3596,251 +3349,125 @@ * (presumably) be similar. * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.8.0" +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.6.0" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3848,16 +3475,61 @@ */ /* CTERMID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. + * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. + * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R /**/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3868,6 +3540,9 @@ */ /* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R /**/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3878,26 +3553,87 @@ */ /* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r. + * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3908,6 +3644,9 @@ */ /* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3918,16 +3657,35 @@ */ /* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3938,6 +3696,9 @@ */ /* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3948,6 +3709,9 @@ */ /* GETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R /**/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3958,6 +3722,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3968,6 +3735,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3978,16 +3748,61 @@ */ /* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. */ /* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3998,6 +3813,9 @@ */ /* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4008,9 +3826,61 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine @@ -4018,22 +3888,86 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly. */ /* READDIR64_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. */ /* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4044,6 +3978,9 @@ */ /* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. + * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R /**/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4054,6 +3991,9 @@ */ /* SETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R /**/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4064,28 +4004,255 @@ */ /* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. */ /* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r. + * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. */ /* TTYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. + * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc index 000ec70..b07cd6d 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc +++ b/win32/config_H.gc @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun May 12 17:17:53 2002 + * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:51 2003 * Configured by : gsar * Target system : */ @@ -32,18 +32,6 @@ */ #define HAS_ALARM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#ifdef __attribute__ -#undef __attribute__ -#endif -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - /* HAS_BCMP: * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to * compare blocks of memory. @@ -610,12 +598,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep system - * call is available to let the process sleep with 1E-9 accuracy. - */ -/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ - /* HASVOLATILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the volatile declaration. @@ -952,19 +934,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -976,53 +945,6 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ - /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1066,83 +988,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" -#define CPPMINUS "-" -#define CPPRUN "gcc -E" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1164,637 +1009,1520 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. - */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.0")) /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.0")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "gcc -E" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HASATTRIBUTE: + * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, + * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. + */ +#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ +#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE +#ifdef __attribute__ +#undef __attribute__ +#endif +#define __attribute__(_arg_) +#endif + +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -1802,12 +2530,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -1832,13 +2554,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - /* HAS_LDBL_DIG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number @@ -1847,76 +2562,18 @@ */ #define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is * available to map a file into memory. */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -1924,23 +2581,16 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ /* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). @@ -1949,85 +2599,52 @@ * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. */ /*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ /*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ /* HAS_MPROTECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep + * system call is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is @@ -2042,29 +2659,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2074,207 +2668,50 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - /* HAS_SENDMSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is * available to send structured socket messages. */ /*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - /* HAS_SETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is * available to set interval timers. */ /*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is * available to set process title. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - /* USE_SFIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should * be used. */ /*#define USE_SFIO /**/ -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2288,33 +2725,21 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2339,104 +2764,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2456,12 +2788,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2474,6 +2800,15 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2482,33 +2817,13 @@ */ #define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2516,28 +2831,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2545,38 +2838,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2590,18 +2864,6 @@ */ #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2616,50 +2878,11 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element @@ -2691,23 +2914,18 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2720,30 +2938,24 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ - /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2762,58 +2974,6 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2861,12 +3021,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2879,133 +3033,32 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ - /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t long long /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3018,37 +3071,6 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3193,59 +3215,6 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.8.0\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.8.0")) /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ - /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3377,12 +3231,6 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3391,31 +3239,8 @@ * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -3492,82 +3317,10 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.8.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread for older + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread for older * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree * structured like the default one. @@ -3586,7 +3339,7 @@ * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.8.0\\lib for older directories across major versions + * search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib for older directories across major versions * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl * library directory tree structured like the default one. The * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's @@ -3596,251 +3349,125 @@ * (presumably) be similar. * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.8.0" +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.6.0" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3848,16 +3475,61 @@ */ /* CTERMID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. + * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. + * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R /**/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3868,6 +3540,9 @@ */ /* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R /**/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3878,26 +3553,87 @@ */ /* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r. + * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3908,6 +3644,9 @@ */ /* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3918,16 +3657,35 @@ */ /* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3938,6 +3696,9 @@ */ /* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3948,6 +3709,9 @@ */ /* GETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R /**/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3958,6 +3722,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3968,6 +3735,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3978,16 +3748,61 @@ */ /* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. */ /* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3998,6 +3813,9 @@ */ /* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4008,9 +3826,61 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine @@ -4018,22 +3888,86 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly. */ /* READDIR64_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. */ /* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4044,6 +3978,9 @@ */ /* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. + * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R /**/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4054,6 +3991,9 @@ */ /* SETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R /**/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4064,28 +4004,255 @@ */ /* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. */ /* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r. + * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. */ /* TTYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. + * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t long long /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc index 5049fac..38f8bf1 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc +++ b/win32/config_H.vc @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun May 12 17:16:11 2002 + * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 * Configured by : gsar * Target system : */ @@ -32,18 +32,6 @@ */ #define HAS_ALARM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#ifdef __attribute__ -#undef __attribute__ -#endif -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - /* HAS_BCMP: * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to * compare blocks of memory. @@ -610,12 +598,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep system - * call is available to let the process sleep with 1E-9 accuracy. - */ -/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ - /* HASVOLATILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the volatile declaration. @@ -952,19 +934,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -976,53 +945,6 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ - /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1066,83 +988,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1164,637 +1009,1520 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. - */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.0")) /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.0")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HASATTRIBUTE: + * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, + * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ +#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE +#ifdef __attribute__ +#undef __attribute__ +#endif +#define __attribute__(_arg_) +#endif + +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -1802,12 +2530,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -1832,13 +2554,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - /* HAS_LDBL_DIG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number @@ -1847,76 +2562,18 @@ */ #define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is * available to map a file into memory. */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -1924,23 +2581,16 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ /* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). @@ -1949,85 +2599,52 @@ * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. */ /*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ /*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ /* HAS_MPROTECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep + * system call is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is @@ -2042,29 +2659,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2074,207 +2668,50 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - /* HAS_SENDMSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is * available to send structured socket messages. */ /*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - /* HAS_SETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is * available to set interval timers. */ /*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is * available to set process title. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - /* USE_SFIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should * be used. */ /*#define USE_SFIO /**/ -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2288,33 +2725,21 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2339,104 +2764,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2456,12 +2788,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2474,6 +2800,15 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2482,33 +2817,13 @@ */ #define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2516,28 +2831,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2545,38 +2838,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2590,18 +2864,6 @@ */ #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2616,50 +2878,11 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element @@ -2691,23 +2914,18 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2720,30 +2938,24 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ - /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2762,58 +2974,6 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2861,12 +3021,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2879,133 +3033,32 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ - /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3018,37 +3071,6 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3193,59 +3215,6 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.8.0")) /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ - /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3377,12 +3231,6 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3391,31 +3239,8 @@ * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -3492,82 +3317,10 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\lib for older + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread for older * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree * structured like the default one. @@ -3586,7 +3339,7 @@ * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in c:\\perl\\site\\lib for older directories across major versions + * search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib for older directories across major versions * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl * library directory tree structured like the default one. The * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's @@ -3596,251 +3349,125 @@ * (presumably) be similar. * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.8.0" +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.6.0" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3848,16 +3475,61 @@ */ /* CTERMID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. + * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. + * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R /**/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3868,6 +3540,9 @@ */ /* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R /**/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3878,26 +3553,87 @@ */ /* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r. + * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3908,6 +3644,9 @@ */ /* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3918,16 +3657,35 @@ */ /* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3938,6 +3696,9 @@ */ /* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3948,6 +3709,9 @@ */ /* GETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R /**/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3958,6 +3722,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3968,6 +3735,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3978,16 +3748,61 @@ */ /* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. */ /* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3998,6 +3813,9 @@ */ /* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4008,9 +3826,61 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine @@ -4018,22 +3888,86 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly. */ /* READDIR64_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. */ /* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4044,6 +3978,9 @@ */ /* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. + * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R /**/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4054,6 +3991,9 @@ */ /* SETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R /**/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4064,28 +4004,255 @@ */ /* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. */ /* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r. + * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. */ /* TTYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. + * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc64 b/win32/config_H.vc64 index 3bedfa7..5a46ca5 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc64 +++ b/win32/config_H.vc64 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Sun May 12 17:16:11 2002 + * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 * Configured by : gsar * Target system : */ @@ -32,18 +32,6 @@ */ #define HAS_ALARM /**/ -/* HASATTRIBUTE: - * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, - * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. - */ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ -#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE -#ifdef __attribute__ -#undef __attribute__ -#endif -#define __attribute__(_arg_) -#endif - /* HAS_BCMP: * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to * compare blocks of memory. @@ -610,12 +598,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep system - * call is available to let the process sleep with 1E-9 accuracy. - */ -/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ - /* HASVOLATILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the volatile declaration. @@ -952,19 +934,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -976,53 +945,6 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ - /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... @@ -1066,83 +988,6 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine - * is available to asctime re-entrantly. - */ -/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ -#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1164,637 +1009,1520 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. - */ -/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ -#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ -/* HAS_CTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine - * is available to ctime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. */ -/* CTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ -#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine - * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ -#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48(void); +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.9.0")) /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.9.0")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ +#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HASATTRIBUTE: + * This symbol indicates the C compiler can check for function attributes, + * such as printf formats. This is normally only supported by GNU cc. + */ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE /**/ +#ifndef HASATTRIBUTE +#ifdef __attribute__ +#undef __attribute__ +#endif +#define __attribute__(_arg_) +#endif + +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. + */ +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. + */ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. + */ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ -/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine - * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. +/* Shmat_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. */ -/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. +/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes + * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to + * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, + * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only + * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ -#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ +/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine - * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ -#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. +/* I_NDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ +/*#define I_NDBM /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ +/*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ +#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ -/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine - * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. */ -/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ -#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine - * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ -#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine - * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. */ -/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ -#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ -/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine - * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ -#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine - * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ -#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ -/* HAS_GMTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine - * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ -#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -1802,12 +2530,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ - /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -1832,13 +2554,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - /* HAS_LDBL_DIG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number @@ -1847,76 +2562,18 @@ */ #define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is * available to map a file into memory. */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -1924,23 +2581,16 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ /* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). @@ -1949,85 +2599,52 @@ * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. */ /*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ /*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ /* HAS_MPROTECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NANOSLEEP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nanosleep + * system call is available to sleep with 1E-9 sec accuracy. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_NANOSLEEP /**/ -/* HAS_RANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine - * is available to random re-entrantly. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ -#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/* HAS_READDIR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine - * is available to readdir re-entrantly. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -/* READDIR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. */ -/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ -#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is @@ -2042,29 +2659,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2074,207 +2668,50 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - /* HAS_SENDMSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is * available to send structured socket messages. */ /*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine - * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ -#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - /* HAS_SETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is * available to set interval timers. */ /*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is * available to set process title. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine - * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. - */ -/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ -#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - /* USE_SFIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should * be used. */ /*#define USE_SFIO /**/ -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2288,33 +2725,21 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SRAND48_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine - * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. - */ -/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ -#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine - * is available to srandom re-entrantly. - */ -/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ -#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2339,104 +2764,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRERROR_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine - * is available to strerror re-entrantly. - */ -/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ -#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2456,12 +2788,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2474,6 +2800,15 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2482,33 +2817,13 @@ */ #define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2516,28 +2831,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2545,38 +2838,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2590,18 +2864,6 @@ */ #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2616,50 +2878,11 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element @@ -2691,23 +2914,18 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2720,30 +2938,24 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB /**/ - /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2762,58 +2974,6 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2861,12 +3021,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2879,133 +3033,32 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ - /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3018,37 +3071,6 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3193,59 +3215,6 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.8.0")) /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ - /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not @@ -3377,12 +3231,6 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3391,31 +3239,8 @@ * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -3492,82 +3317,10 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and - * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\lib for older + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86-multi-thread for older * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree * structured like the default one. @@ -3586,7 +3339,7 @@ * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search in c:\\perl\\site\\lib for older directories across major versions + * search in c:\\perl\\site\\5.9.0\\lib for older directories across major versions * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl * library directory tree structured like the default one. The * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's @@ -3596,251 +3349,125 @@ * (presumably) be similar. * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.8.0" +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.6.0" #define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - -/* Shmat_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'. - */ -/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes - * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to - * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, - * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only - * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. - */ -#define Shmat_t void * /**/ -/*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ - -/* I_NDBM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/*#define I_NDBM /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); - */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + * extern double drand48(void); */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ +#define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86-multi-thread" /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_ASCTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine + * is available to asctime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ +/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. + * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R /**/ +#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ +/* CRYPT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. + * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT_R /**/ +#define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine @@ -3848,16 +3475,61 @@ */ /* CTERMID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. + * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_CTERMID_R /**/ #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine + * is available to ctime re-entrantly. + */ +/* CTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. + * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ +#define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine + * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* DRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. + * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_R /**/ +#define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine + * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R /**/ +#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. + * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R /**/ #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3868,6 +3540,9 @@ */ /* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R /**/ #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3878,26 +3553,87 @@ */ /* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R /**/ #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine + * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R /**/ +#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. */ /* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r. + * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3908,6 +3644,9 @@ */ /* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3918,16 +3657,35 @@ */ /* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine + * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. + * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ +#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. */ /* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R /**/ #define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3938,6 +3696,9 @@ */ /* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3948,6 +3709,9 @@ */ /* GETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R /**/ #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3958,6 +3722,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3968,6 +3735,9 @@ */ /* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R /**/ #define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3978,16 +3748,61 @@ */ /* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine + * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT_R /**/ +#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine + * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R /**/ +#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWUID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine + * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. + * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R /**/ +#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. */ /* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -3998,6 +3813,9 @@ */ /* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. + * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R /**/ #define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4008,9 +3826,61 @@ */ /* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. + * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ +#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine + * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R /**/ +#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_GMTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine + * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* GMTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. + * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ +#define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. + */ +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R /**/ -#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ /* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine @@ -4018,22 +3888,86 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* HAS_RANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine + * is available to random re-entrantly. + */ +/* RANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. + * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_RANDOM_R /**/ +#define RANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly. */ /* READDIR64_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_READDIR64_R /**/ #define READDIR64_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_READDIR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine + * is available to readdir re-entrantly. + */ +/* READDIR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. + * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ +#define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine + * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R /**/ +#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. */ /* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. + * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4044,6 +3978,9 @@ */ /* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. + * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R /**/ #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4054,6 +3991,9 @@ */ /* SETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. + * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R /**/ #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ @@ -4064,28 +4004,255 @@ */ /* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. + * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R /**/ #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SETPWENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine + * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. + */ +/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. + * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R /**/ +#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. */ /* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r. + * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R /**/ #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* HAS_SRAND48_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine + * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRAND48_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. + * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R /**/ +#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_SRANDOM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine + * is available to srandom re-entrantly. + */ +/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. + * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ +#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_STRERROR_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine + * is available to strerror re-entrantly. + */ +/* STRERROR_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. + * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ +#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. + */ +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ + /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. */ /* TTYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. + * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r + * is defined. */ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. + */ +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). + */ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t __int64 /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 8 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 8 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 8 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + #endif